قالب:Ill/doc

This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

Usage

There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

Link to one foreign language

To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

With unnamed parameters:

• gives

  This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

  If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

  This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

  Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

  Usage

  There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

  The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

  A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

  As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

  Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

  Link to one foreign language

  To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

  With unnamed parameters:

  • gives

  With named parameters:

  • gives

  To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

  With unnamed parameters:

  • gives

  With named parameters:

  • gives

  Link to multiple languages

  To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

  With unnamed parameters:

  • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

  With named parameters:

  • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

  Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

  To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

  With unnamed parameters:

  • gives

  With named parameters:

  • gives

  Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

  To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

  • gives

  All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

  To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

  Input	Output
  {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
  {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

  To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

  • gives

  Modifying the display

  Displaying different text

  To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

  With unnamed parameters:

  • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

  With named parameters:

  • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

  Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

  The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

  • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

  This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

  Specifying text language

  In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

  When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

  The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

  • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
  • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
  • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

  For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

  • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

  If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
  • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
  • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

  Italics and quotation marks

  If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

  If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

  If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

  Remove bold formatting from links

  Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

  Input	Output
  '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
  '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

  Vertical alignment

  The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

  • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
  • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

  The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

  Input	Output
  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

  Infobox font size

  When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

  Input	Output
  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

  This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

  Forcing links

  To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

  Input	Output
  {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
  {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

  This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

  Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

  Automatic removal

  If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

  Examples

  • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
  • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
  • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
  • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
  • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

  TemplateData

  This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

  TemplateData for Ill

  Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

  وسائط القالب

  وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
  Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
  Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
  1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
  1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
  2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
  2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
  3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
  3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
  4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
  4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
  5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
  5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
  6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
  6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
  7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
  7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
  8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
  8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
  9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
  9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
  10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
  10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
  11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
  11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
  12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
  12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
  Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
  Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
  Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
  Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
  No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
  Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
  Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
  Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
  Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
  Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

  Tracking categories

  • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
  • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

  Redirects

  The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

  After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

  • {{Interlanguage link}}
  • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
  • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
  • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
  • {{Link-interwiki}}
  • {{Red Wikidata link}}

  See also

  • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
  • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
  • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
  • {{lang}}
  • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

  Notes

  
  

  With named parameters:

  • gives

    This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

    If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

    This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

    Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

    Usage

    There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

    The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

    A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

    As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

    Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

    Link to one foreign language

    To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

    With unnamed parameters:

    • gives

    With named parameters:

    • gives

    To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

    With unnamed parameters:

    • gives

    With named parameters:

    • gives

    Link to multiple languages

    To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

    With unnamed parameters:

    • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

    With named parameters:

    • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

    Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

    To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

    With unnamed parameters:

    • gives

    With named parameters:

    • gives

    Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

    To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

    • gives

    All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

    To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

    Input	Output
    {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
    {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

    To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

    • gives

    Modifying the display

    Displaying different text

    To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

    With unnamed parameters:

    • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

    With named parameters:

    • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

    Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

    The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

    • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

    This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

    Specifying text language

    In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

    When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

    The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

    • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
    • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
    • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

    For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

    • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

    If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
    • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
    • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

    Italics and quotation marks

    If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

    If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

    If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

    Remove bold formatting from links

    Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

    Input	Output
    '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
    '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

    Vertical alignment

    The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

    • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
    • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

    The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

    Input	Output
    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

    Infobox font size

    When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

    Input	Output
    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

    This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

    Forcing links

    To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

    Input	Output
    {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
    {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

    This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

    Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

    Automatic removal

    If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

    Examples

    • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
    • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
    • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
    • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
    • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

    TemplateData

    This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

    TemplateData for Ill

    Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

    وسائط القالب

    وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
    Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
    Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
    1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
    1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
    2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
    2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
    3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
    3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
    4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
    4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
    5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
    5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
    6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
    6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
    7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
    7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
    8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
    8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
    9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
    9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
    10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
    10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
    11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
    11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
    12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
    12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
    Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
    Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
    Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
    Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
    No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
    Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
    Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
    Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
    Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
    Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

    Tracking categories

    • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
    • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

    Redirects

    The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

    After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

    • {{Interlanguage link}}
    • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
    • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
    • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
    • {{Link-interwiki}}
    • {{Red Wikidata link}}

    See also

    • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
    • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
    • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
    • {{lang}}
    • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

    Notes

    
    

    To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

    With unnamed parameters:

    • gives

      This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

      If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

      This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

      Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

      Usage

      There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

      The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

      A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

      As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

      Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

      Link to one foreign language

      To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

      With unnamed parameters:

      • gives

      With named parameters:

      • gives

      To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

      With unnamed parameters:

      • gives

      With named parameters:

      • gives

      Link to multiple languages

      To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

      With unnamed parameters:

      • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

      With named parameters:

      • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

      Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

      To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

      With unnamed parameters:

      • gives

      With named parameters:

      • gives

      Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

      To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

      • gives

      All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

      To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

      Input	Output
      {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
      {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

      To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

      • gives

      Modifying the display

      Displaying different text

      To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

      With unnamed parameters:

      • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

      With named parameters:

      • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

      Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

      The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

      • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

      This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

      Specifying text language

      In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

      When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

      The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

      • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
      • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
      • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

      For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

      • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

      If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
      • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
      • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

      Italics and quotation marks

      If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

      If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

      If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

      Remove bold formatting from links

      Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

      Input	Output
      '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
      '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

      Vertical alignment

      The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

      • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
      • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

      The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

      Input	Output
      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

      Infobox font size

      When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

      Input	Output
      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

      This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

      Forcing links

      To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

      Input	Output
      {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
      {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

      This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

      Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

      Automatic removal

      If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

      Examples

      • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
      • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
      • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
      • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
      • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

      TemplateData

      This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

      TemplateData for Ill

      Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

      وسائط القالب

      وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
      Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
      Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
      1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
      1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
      2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
      2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
      3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
      3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
      4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
      4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
      5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
      5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
      6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
      6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
      7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
      7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
      8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
      8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
      9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
      9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
      10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
      10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
      11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
      11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
      12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
      12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
      Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
      Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
      Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
      Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
      No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
      Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
      Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
      Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
      Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
      Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

      Tracking categories

      • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
      • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

      Redirects

      The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

      After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

      • {{Interlanguage link}}
      • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
      • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
      • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
      • {{Link-interwiki}}
      • {{Red Wikidata link}}

      See also

      • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
      • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
      • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
      • {{lang}}
      • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

      Notes

      
      

      With named parameters:

      • gives

        This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

        If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

        This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

        Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

        Usage

        There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

        The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

        A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

        As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

        Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

        Link to one foreign language

        To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

        With unnamed parameters:

        • gives

        With named parameters:

        • gives

        To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

        With unnamed parameters:

        • gives

        With named parameters:

        • gives

        Link to multiple languages

        To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

        With unnamed parameters:

        • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

        With named parameters:

        • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

        Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

        To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

        With unnamed parameters:

        • gives

        With named parameters:

        • gives

        Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

        To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

        • gives

        All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

        To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

        Input	Output
        {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
        {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

        To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

        • gives

        Modifying the display

        Displaying different text

        To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

        With unnamed parameters:

        • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

        With named parameters:

        • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

        Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

        The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

        • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

        This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

        Specifying text language

        In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

        When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

        The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

        • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
        • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
        • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

        For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

        • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

        If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
        • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
        • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

        Italics and quotation marks

        If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

        If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

        If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

        Remove bold formatting from links

        Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

        Input	Output
        '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
        '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

        Vertical alignment

        The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

        • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
        • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

        The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

        Input	Output
        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

        Infobox font size

        When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

        Input	Output
        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

        This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

        Forcing links

        To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

        Input	Output
        {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
        {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

        This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

        Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

        Automatic removal

        If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

        Examples

        • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
        • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
        • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
        • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
        • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

        TemplateData

        This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

        TemplateData for Ill

        Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

        وسائط القالب

        وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
        Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
        Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
        1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
        1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
        2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
        2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
        3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
        3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
        4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
        4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
        5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
        5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
        6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
        6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
        7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
        7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
        8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
        8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
        9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
        9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
        10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
        10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
        11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
        11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
        12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
        12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
        Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
        Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
        Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
        Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
        No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
        Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
        Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
        Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
        Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
        Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

        Tracking categories

        • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
        • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

        Redirects

        The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

        After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

        • {{Interlanguage link}}
        • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
        • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
        • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
        • {{Link-interwiki}}
        • {{Red Wikidata link}}

        See also

        • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
        • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
        • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
        • {{lang}}
        • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

        Notes

        
        

        Link to multiple languages

        To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

        With unnamed parameters:

        • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

          This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

          If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

          This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

          Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

          Usage

          There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

          The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

          A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

          As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

          Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

          Link to one foreign language

          To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

          With unnamed parameters:

          • gives

          With named parameters:

          • gives

          To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

          With unnamed parameters:

          • gives

          With named parameters:

          • gives

          Link to multiple languages

          To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

          With unnamed parameters:

          • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

          With named parameters:

          • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

          Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

          To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

          With unnamed parameters:

          • gives

          With named parameters:

          • gives

          Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

          To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

          • gives

          All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

          To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

          Input	Output
          {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
          {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

          To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

          • gives

          Modifying the display

          Displaying different text

          To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

          With unnamed parameters:

          • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

          With named parameters:

          • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

          Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

          The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

          • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

          This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

          Specifying text language

          In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

          When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

          The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

          • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
          • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
          • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

          For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

          • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

          If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
          • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
          • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

          Italics and quotation marks

          If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

          If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

          If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

          Remove bold formatting from links

          Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

          Input	Output
          '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
          '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

          Vertical alignment

          The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

          • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
          • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

          The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

          Input	Output
          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

          Infobox font size

          When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

          Input	Output
          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

          This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

          Forcing links

          To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

          Input	Output
          {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
          {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

          This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

          Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

          Automatic removal

          If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

          Examples

          • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
          • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
          • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
          • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
          • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

          TemplateData

          This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

          TemplateData for Ill

          Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

          وسائط القالب

          وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
          Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
          Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
          1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
          1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
          2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
          2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
          3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
          3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
          4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
          4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
          5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
          5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
          6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
          6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
          7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
          7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
          8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
          8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
          9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
          9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
          10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
          10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
          11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
          11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
          12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
          12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
          Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
          Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
          Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
          Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
          No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
          Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
          Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
          Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
          Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
          Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

          Tracking categories

          • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
          • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

          Redirects

          The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

          After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

          • {{Interlanguage link}}
          • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
          • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
          • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
          • {{Link-interwiki}}
          • {{Red Wikidata link}}

          See also

          • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
          • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
          • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
          • {{lang}}
          • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

          Notes

          
          

          With named parameters:

          • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

            This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

            If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

            This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

            Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

            Usage

            There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

            The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

            A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

            As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

            Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

            Link to one foreign language

            To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

            With unnamed parameters:

            • gives

            With named parameters:

            • gives

            To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

            With unnamed parameters:

            • gives

            With named parameters:

            • gives

            Link to multiple languages

            To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

            With unnamed parameters:

            • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

            With named parameters:

            • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

            Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

            To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

            With unnamed parameters:

            • gives

            With named parameters:

            • gives

            Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

            To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

            • gives

            All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

            To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

            Input	Output
            {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
            {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

            To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

            • gives

            Modifying the display

            Displaying different text

            To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

            With unnamed parameters:

            • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

            With named parameters:

            • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

            Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

            The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

            • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

            This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

            Specifying text language

            In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

            When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

            The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

            • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
            • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
            • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

            For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

            • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

            If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
            • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
            • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

            Italics and quotation marks

            If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

            If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

            If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

            Remove bold formatting from links

            Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

            Input	Output
            '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
            '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

            Vertical alignment

            The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

            • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
            • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

            The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

            Input	Output
            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

            Infobox font size

            When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

            Input	Output
            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

            This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

            Forcing links

            To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

            Input	Output
            {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
            {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

            This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

            Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

            Automatic removal

            If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

            Examples

            • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
            • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
            • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
            • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
            • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

            TemplateData

            This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

            TemplateData for Ill

            Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

            وسائط القالب

            وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
            Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
            Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
            1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
            1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
            2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
            2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
            3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
            3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
            4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
            4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
            5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
            5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
            6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
            6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
            7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
            7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
            8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
            8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
            9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
            9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
            10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
            10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
            11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
            11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
            12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
            12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
            Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
            Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
            Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
            Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
            No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
            Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
            Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
            Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
            Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
            Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

            Tracking categories

            • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
            • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

            Redirects

            The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

            After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

            • {{Interlanguage link}}
            • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
            • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
            • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
            • {{Link-interwiki}}
            • {{Red Wikidata link}}

            See also

            • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
            • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
            • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
            • {{lang}}
            • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

            Notes

            
            

            Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

            To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

            With unnamed parameters:

            • gives

              This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

              If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

              This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

              Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

              Usage

              There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

              The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

              A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

              As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

              Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

              Link to one foreign language

              To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

              With unnamed parameters:

              • gives

              With named parameters:

              • gives

              To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

              With unnamed parameters:

              • gives

              With named parameters:

              • gives

              Link to multiple languages

              To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

              With unnamed parameters:

              • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

              With named parameters:

              • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

              Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

              To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

              With unnamed parameters:

              • gives

              With named parameters:

              • gives

              Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

              To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

              • gives

              All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

              To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

              Input	Output
              {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
              {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

              To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

              • gives

              Modifying the display

              Displaying different text

              To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

              With unnamed parameters:

              • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

              With named parameters:

              • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

              Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

              The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

              • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

              This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

              Specifying text language

              In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

              When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

              The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

              • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
              • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
              • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

              For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

              • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

              If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
              • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
              • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

              Italics and quotation marks

              If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

              If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

              If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

              Remove bold formatting from links

              Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

              Input	Output
              '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
              '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

              Vertical alignment

              The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

              • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
              • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

              The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

              Input	Output
              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

              Infobox font size

              When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

              Input	Output
              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

              This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

              Forcing links

              To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

              Input	Output
              {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
              {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

              This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

              Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

              Automatic removal

              If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

              Examples

              • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
              • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

              TemplateData

              This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

              TemplateData for Ill

              Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

              وسائط القالب

              وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
              Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
              Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
              1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
              1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
              2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
              2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
              3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
              3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
              4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
              4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
              5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
              5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
              6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
              6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
              7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
              7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
              8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
              8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
              9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
              9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
              10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
              10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
              11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
              11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
              12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
              12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
              Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
              Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
              Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
              Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
              No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
              Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
              Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
              Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
              Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
              Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

              Tracking categories

              • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
              • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

              Redirects

              The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

              After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

              • {{Interlanguage link}}
              • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
              • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
              • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
              • {{Link-interwiki}}
              • {{Red Wikidata link}}

              See also

              • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
              • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
              • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
              • {{lang}}
              • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

              Notes

              
              

              With named parameters:

              • gives

                This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                Usage

                There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                Link to one foreign language

                To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                With unnamed parameters:

                • gives

                With named parameters:

                • gives

                To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                With unnamed parameters:

                • gives

                With named parameters:

                • gives

                Link to multiple languages

                To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                With unnamed parameters:

                • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                With named parameters:

                • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                With unnamed parameters:

                • gives

                With named parameters:

                • gives

                Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                • gives

                All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                Input	Output
                {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                • gives

                Modifying the display

                Displaying different text

                To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                With unnamed parameters:

                • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                With named parameters:

                • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                Specifying text language

                In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                Italics and quotation marks

                If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                Remove bold formatting from links

                Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                Input	Output
                '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                Vertical alignment

                The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                Input	Output
                {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                Infobox font size

                When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                Input	Output
                {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                Forcing links

                To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                Input	Output
                {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                Automatic removal

                If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                Examples

                • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                TemplateData

                This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                TemplateData for Ill

                Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                وسائط القالب

                وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                Tracking categories

                • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                Redirects

                The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                • {{Interlanguage link}}
                • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                • {{Link-interwiki}}
                • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                See also

                • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                • {{lang}}
                • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                Notes

                
                

                Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                • gives

                  This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                  If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                  This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                  Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                  Usage

                  There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                  The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                  A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                  As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                  Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                  Link to one foreign language

                  To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                  With unnamed parameters:

                  • gives

                  With named parameters:

                  • gives

                  To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                  With unnamed parameters:

                  • gives

                  With named parameters:

                  • gives

                  Link to multiple languages

                  To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                  With unnamed parameters:

                  • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                  With named parameters:

                  • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                  Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                  To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                  With unnamed parameters:

                  • gives

                  With named parameters:

                  • gives

                  Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                  To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                  • gives

                  All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                  To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                  Input	Output
                  {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                  {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                  To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                  • gives

                  Modifying the display

                  Displaying different text

                  To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                  With unnamed parameters:

                  • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                  With named parameters:

                  • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                  Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                  The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                  • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                  This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                  Specifying text language

                  In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                  When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                  The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                  • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                  • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                  • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                  For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                  • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                  If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                  • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                  • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                  Italics and quotation marks

                  If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                  If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                  If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                  Remove bold formatting from links

                  Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                  Input	Output
                  '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                  '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                  Vertical alignment

                  The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                  • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                  • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                  The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                  Input	Output
                  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                  Infobox font size

                  When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                  Input	Output
                  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                  This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                  Forcing links

                  To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                  Input	Output
                  {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                  {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                  This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                  Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                  Automatic removal

                  If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                  Examples

                  • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                  • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                  • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                  • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                  • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                  TemplateData

                  This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                  TemplateData for Ill

                  Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                  وسائط القالب

                  وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                  Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                  Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                  1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                  1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                  2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                  2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                  3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                  3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                  4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                  4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                  5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                  5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                  6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                  6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                  7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                  7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                  8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                  8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                  9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                  9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                  10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                  10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                  11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                  11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                  12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                  12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                  Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                  Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                  Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                  Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                  No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                  Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                  Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                  Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                  Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                  Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                  Tracking categories

                  • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                  • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                  Redirects

                  The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                  After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                  • {{Interlanguage link}}
                  • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                  • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                  • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                  • {{Link-interwiki}}
                  • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                  See also

                  • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                  • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                  • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                  • {{lang}}
                  • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                  Notes

                  
                  All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                  To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                  Input	Output
                  {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}	This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article. If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s). This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes. Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links. Usage There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages. The shortcut {{ill}} may be used. A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list. As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below. Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section. Link to one foreign language To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: gives With named parameters: gives To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: gives With named parameters: gives Link to multiple languages To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives With named parameters: {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown. To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: gives With named parameters: gives Link to Reasonator and Wikidata To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are: gives All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present. To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item. Input Output {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}} {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}} To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=): gives Modifying the display Displaying different text To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist): With unnamed parameters: {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives With named parameters: {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists. The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link. {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution. Specifying text language In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text. When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories. The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section. {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour: {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code. {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives Italics and quotation marks If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas" If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks. Remove bold formatting from links Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=. Input Output '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}''' '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}''' Vertical alignment The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding: vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead. Input Output {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}} {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}} {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}} Infobox font size When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.) Input Output {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}} This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size. Forcing links To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=). Input Output {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}} {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}} This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls. Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them). Automatic removal If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal. Examples {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)" {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists TemplateData This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData. TemplateData for Ill Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist. وسائط القالب وسيط وصف نوع حالة Article name link 1 Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist اسم الصفحة مطلوب Label text text lt Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر مقترح 1st inter-wiki prefix prefix prefix1 2 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language سطر مقترح 1st foreign page foreign foreign1 3 Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر مقترح 2nd inter-wiki prefix prefix2 4 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language سطر اختياري 2nd foreign page foreign2 5 Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 3rd inter-wiki prefix prefix3 6 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language سطر اختياري 3rd foreign page foreign3 7 Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 4th inter-wiki prefix prefix4 8 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language سطر اختياري 4th foreign page foreign4 9 Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 5th inter-wiki prefix prefix5 10 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language سطر اختياري 5th foreign page foreign5 11 Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 6th inter-wiki prefix prefix6 12 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language سطر اختياري 6th foreign page foreign6 13 Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 7th inter-wiki prefix prefix7 14 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language سطر اختياري 7th foreign page foreign7 15 Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 8th inter-wiki prefix prefix8 16 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language سطر اختياري 8th foreign page foreign8 17 Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 9th inter-wiki prefix prefix9 18 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language سطر اختياري 9th foreign page foreign9 19 Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 10th inter-wiki prefix prefix10 20 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language سطر اختياري 10th foreign page foreign10 21 Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 11th inter-wiki prefix prefix11 22 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language سطر اختياري 11th foreign page foreign11 23 Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 12th inter-wiki prefix prefix12 24 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language سطر اختياري 12th foreign page foreign12 25 Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري Label text language language lang Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given) سطر اختياري Label text direction direction dir Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text سطر اختياري Italicize italic italics If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.) نص اختياري Quote quote quotes If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them نص اختياري No bold (or italic) nobold Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text نص اختياري Wikidata item wd WD Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead) سطر مقترح Short Wikidata link text short s If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd' نص اختياري Reasonator reasonator If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link) نص اختياري Vertical alignment vertical-align valign v Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline نص اختياري Preserve preserve display If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead) نص اختياري Tracking categories [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠) [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠) Redirects The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}. After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features. {{Interlanguage link}} {{Interlanguage link forced}} {{Interlanguage link multi}} {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}} {{Link-interwiki}} {{Red Wikidata link}} See also Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links {{lang}} Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix Notes
                  {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}	This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article. If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s). This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes. Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links. Usage There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages. The shortcut {{ill}} may be used. A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list. As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below. Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section. Link to one foreign language To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: gives With named parameters: gives To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: gives With named parameters: gives Link to multiple languages To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives With named parameters: {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown. To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: gives With named parameters: gives Link to Reasonator and Wikidata To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are: gives All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present. To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item. Input Output {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}} {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}} To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=): gives Modifying the display Displaying different text To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist): With unnamed parameters: {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives With named parameters: {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists. The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link. {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution. Specifying text language In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text. When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories. The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section. {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour: {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code. {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives Italics and quotation marks If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas" If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks. Remove bold formatting from links Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=. Input Output '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}''' '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}''' Vertical alignment The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding: vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead. Input Output {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}} {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}} {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}} Infobox font size When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.) Input Output {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}} This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size. Forcing links To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=). Input Output {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}} {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}} This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls. Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them). Automatic removal If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal. Examples {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)" {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists TemplateData This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData. TemplateData for Ill Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist. وسائط القالب وسيط وصف نوع حالة Article name link 1 Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist اسم الصفحة مطلوب Label text text lt Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر مقترح 1st inter-wiki prefix prefix prefix1 2 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language سطر مقترح 1st foreign page foreign foreign1 3 Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر مقترح 2nd inter-wiki prefix prefix2 4 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language سطر اختياري 2nd foreign page foreign2 5 Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 3rd inter-wiki prefix prefix3 6 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language سطر اختياري 3rd foreign page foreign3 7 Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 4th inter-wiki prefix prefix4 8 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language سطر اختياري 4th foreign page foreign4 9 Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 5th inter-wiki prefix prefix5 10 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language سطر اختياري 5th foreign page foreign5 11 Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 6th inter-wiki prefix prefix6 12 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language سطر اختياري 6th foreign page foreign6 13 Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 7th inter-wiki prefix prefix7 14 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language سطر اختياري 7th foreign page foreign7 15 Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 8th inter-wiki prefix prefix8 16 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language سطر اختياري 8th foreign page foreign8 17 Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 9th inter-wiki prefix prefix9 18 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language سطر اختياري 9th foreign page foreign9 19 Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 10th inter-wiki prefix prefix10 20 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language سطر اختياري 10th foreign page foreign10 21 Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 11th inter-wiki prefix prefix11 22 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language سطر اختياري 11th foreign page foreign11 23 Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 12th inter-wiki prefix prefix12 24 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language سطر اختياري 12th foreign page foreign12 25 Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري Label text language language lang Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given) سطر اختياري Label text direction direction dir Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text سطر اختياري Italicize italic italics If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.) نص اختياري Quote quote quotes If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them نص اختياري No bold (or italic) nobold Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text نص اختياري Wikidata item wd WD Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead) سطر مقترح Short Wikidata link text short s If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd' نص اختياري Reasonator reasonator If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link) نص اختياري Vertical alignment vertical-align valign v Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline نص اختياري Preserve preserve display If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead) نص اختياري Tracking categories [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠) [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠) Redirects The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}. After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features. {{Interlanguage link}} {{Interlanguage link forced}} {{Interlanguage link multi}} {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}} {{Link-interwiki}} {{Red Wikidata link}} See also Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links {{lang}} Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix Notes

                  To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                  • gives

                    This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                    If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                    This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                    Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                    Usage

                    There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                    The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                    A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                    As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                    Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                    Link to one foreign language

                    To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                    With unnamed parameters:

                    • gives

                    With named parameters:

                    • gives

                    To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                    With unnamed parameters:

                    • gives

                    With named parameters:

                    • gives

                    Link to multiple languages

                    To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                    With unnamed parameters:

                    • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                    With named parameters:

                    • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                    Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                    To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                    With unnamed parameters:

                    • gives

                    With named parameters:

                    • gives

                    Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                    To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                    • gives

                    All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                    To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                    Input	Output
                    {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                    {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                    To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                    • gives

                    Modifying the display

                    Displaying different text

                    To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                    With unnamed parameters:

                    • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                    With named parameters:

                    • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                    Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                    The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                    • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                    This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                    Specifying text language

                    In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                    When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                    The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                    • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                    • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                    • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                    For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                    • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                    If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                    • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                    • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                    Italics and quotation marks

                    If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                    If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                    If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                    Remove bold formatting from links

                    Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                    Input	Output
                    '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                    '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                    Vertical alignment

                    The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                    • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                    • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                    The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                    Input	Output
                    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                    Infobox font size

                    When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                    Input	Output
                    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                    This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                    Forcing links

                    To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                    Input	Output
                    {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                    {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                    This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                    Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                    Automatic removal

                    If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                    Examples

                    • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                    • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                    • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                    • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                    • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                    TemplateData

                    This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                    TemplateData for Ill

                    Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                    وسائط القالب

                    وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                    Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                    Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                    1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                    1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                    2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                    2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                    3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                    3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                    4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                    4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                    5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                    5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                    6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                    6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                    7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                    7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                    8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                    8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                    9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                    9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                    10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                    10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                    11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                    11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                    12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                    12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                    Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                    Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                    Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                    Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                    No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                    Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                    Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                    Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                    Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                    Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                    Tracking categories

                    • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                    • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                    Redirects

                    The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                    After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                    • {{Interlanguage link}}
                    • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                    • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                    • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                    • {{Link-interwiki}}
                    • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                    See also

                    • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                    • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                    • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                    • {{lang}}
                    • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                    Notes

                    
                    

                    Modifying the display

                    Displaying different text

                    To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                    With unnamed parameters:

                    • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                      This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                      If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                      This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                      Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                      Usage

                      There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                      The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                      A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                      As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                      Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                      Link to one foreign language

                      To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                      With unnamed parameters:

                      • gives

                      With named parameters:

                      • gives

                      To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                      With unnamed parameters:

                      • gives

                      With named parameters:

                      • gives

                      Link to multiple languages

                      To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                      With unnamed parameters:

                      • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                      With named parameters:

                      • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                      Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                      To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                      With unnamed parameters:

                      • gives

                      With named parameters:

                      • gives

                      Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                      To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                      • gives

                      All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                      To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                      Input	Output
                      {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                      {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                      To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                      • gives

                      Modifying the display

                      Displaying different text

                      To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                      With unnamed parameters:

                      • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                      With named parameters:

                      • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                      Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                      The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                      • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                      This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                      Specifying text language

                      In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                      When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                      The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                      • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                      • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                      • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                      For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                      • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                      If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                      • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                      • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                      Italics and quotation marks

                      If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                      If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                      If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                      Remove bold formatting from links

                      Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                      Input	Output
                      '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                      '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                      Vertical alignment

                      The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                      • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                      • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                      The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                      Input	Output
                      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                      Infobox font size

                      When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                      Input	Output
                      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                      This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                      Forcing links

                      To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                      Input	Output
                      {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                      {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                      This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                      Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                      Automatic removal

                      If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                      Examples

                      • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                      • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                      • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                      • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                      • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                      TemplateData

                      This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                      TemplateData for Ill

                      Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                      وسائط القالب

                      وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                      Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                      Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                      1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                      1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                      2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                      2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                      3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                      3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                      4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                      4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                      5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                      5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                      6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                      6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                      7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                      7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                      8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                      8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                      9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                      9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                      10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                      10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                      11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                      11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                      12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                      12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                      Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                      Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                      Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                      Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                      No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                      Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                      Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                      Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                      Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                      Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                      Tracking categories

                      • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                      • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                      Redirects

                      The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                      After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                      • {{Interlanguage link}}
                      • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                      • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                      • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                      • {{Link-interwiki}}
                      • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                      See also

                      • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                      • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                      • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                      • {{lang}}
                      • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                      Notes

                      
                      

                      With named parameters:

                      • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                        This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                        If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                        This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                        Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                        Usage

                        There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                        The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                        A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                        As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                        Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                        Link to one foreign language

                        To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                        With unnamed parameters:

                        • gives

                        With named parameters:

                        • gives

                        To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                        With unnamed parameters:

                        • gives

                        With named parameters:

                        • gives

                        Link to multiple languages

                        To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                        With unnamed parameters:

                        • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                        With named parameters:

                        • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                        Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                        To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                        With unnamed parameters:

                        • gives

                        With named parameters:

                        • gives

                        Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                        To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                        • gives

                        All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                        To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                        Input	Output
                        {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                        {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                        To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                        • gives

                        Modifying the display

                        Displaying different text

                        To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                        With unnamed parameters:

                        • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                        With named parameters:

                        • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                        Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                        The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                        • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                        This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                        Specifying text language

                        In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                        When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                        The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                        • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                        • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                        • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                        For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                        • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                        If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                        • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                        • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                        Italics and quotation marks

                        If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                        If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                        If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                        Remove bold formatting from links

                        Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                        Input	Output
                        '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                        '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                        Vertical alignment

                        The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                        • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                        • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                        The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                        Input	Output
                        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                        Infobox font size

                        When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                        Input	Output
                        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                        This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                        Forcing links

                        To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                        Input	Output
                        {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                        {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                        This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                        Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                        Automatic removal

                        If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                        Examples

                        • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                        • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                        • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                        • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                        • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                        TemplateData

                        This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                        TemplateData for Ill

                        Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                        وسائط القالب

                        وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                        Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                        Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                        1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                        1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                        2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                        2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                        3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                        3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                        4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                        4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                        5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                        5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                        6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                        6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                        7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                        7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                        8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                        8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                        9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                        9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                        10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                        10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                        11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                        11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                        12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                        12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                        Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                        Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                        Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                        Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                        No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                        Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                        Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                        Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                        Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                        Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                        Tracking categories

                        • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                        • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                        Redirects

                        The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                        After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                        • {{Interlanguage link}}
                        • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                        • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                        • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                        • {{Link-interwiki}}
                        • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                        See also

                        • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                        • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                        • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                        • {{lang}}
                        • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                        Notes

                        
                        

                        Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                        The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                        • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                          This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                          If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                          This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                          Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                          Usage

                          There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                          The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                          A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                          As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                          Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                          Link to one foreign language

                          To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                          With unnamed parameters:

                          • gives

                          With named parameters:

                          • gives

                          To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                          With unnamed parameters:

                          • gives

                          With named parameters:

                          • gives

                          Link to multiple languages

                          To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                          With unnamed parameters:

                          • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                          With named parameters:

                          • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                          Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                          To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                          With unnamed parameters:

                          • gives

                          With named parameters:

                          • gives

                          Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                          To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                          • gives

                          All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                          To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                          Input	Output
                          {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                          {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                          To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                          • gives

                          Modifying the display

                          Displaying different text

                          To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                          With unnamed parameters:

                          • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                          With named parameters:

                          • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                          Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                          The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                          • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                          This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                          Specifying text language

                          In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                          When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                          The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                          • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                          • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                          • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                          For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                          • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                          If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                          • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                          • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                          Italics and quotation marks

                          If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                          If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                          If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                          Remove bold formatting from links

                          Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                          Input	Output
                          '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                          '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                          Vertical alignment

                          The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                          • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                          • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                          The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                          Input	Output
                          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                          Infobox font size

                          When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                          Input	Output
                          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                          This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                          Forcing links

                          To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                          Input	Output
                          {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                          {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                          This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                          Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                          Automatic removal

                          If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                          Examples

                          • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                          • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                          • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                          • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                          • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                          TemplateData

                          This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                          TemplateData for Ill

                          Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                          وسائط القالب

                          وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                          Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                          Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                          1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                          1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                          2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                          2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                          3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                          3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                          4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                          4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                          5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                          5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                          6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                          6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                          7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                          7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                          8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                          8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                          9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                          9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                          10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                          10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                          11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                          11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                          12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                          12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                          Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                          Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                          Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                          Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                          No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                          Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                          Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                          Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                          Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                          Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                          Tracking categories

                          • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                          • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                          Redirects

                          The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                          After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                          • {{Interlanguage link}}
                          • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                          • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                          • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                          • {{Link-interwiki}}
                          • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                          See also

                          • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                          • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                          • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                          • {{lang}}
                          • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                          Notes

                          
                          

                          This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                          Specifying text language

                          In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                          When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                          The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                          • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives

                            This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                            If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                            This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                            Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                            Usage

                            There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                            The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                            A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                            As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                            Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                            Link to one foreign language

                            To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                            With unnamed parameters:

                            • gives

                            With named parameters:

                            • gives

                            To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                            With unnamed parameters:

                            • gives

                            With named parameters:

                            • gives

                            Link to multiple languages

                            To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                            With unnamed parameters:

                            • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                            With named parameters:

                            • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                            Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                            To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                            With unnamed parameters:

                            • gives

                            With named parameters:

                            • gives

                            Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                            To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                            • gives

                            All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                            To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                            Input	Output
                            {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                            {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                            To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                            • gives

                            Modifying the display

                            Displaying different text

                            To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                            With unnamed parameters:

                            • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                            With named parameters:

                            • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                            Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                            The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                            • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                            This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                            Specifying text language

                            In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                            When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                            The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                            • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                            • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                            • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                            For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                            • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                            If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                            • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                            • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                            Italics and quotation marks

                            If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                            If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                            If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                            Remove bold formatting from links

                            Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                            Input	Output
                            '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                            '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                            Vertical alignment

                            The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                            • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                            • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                            The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                            Input	Output
                            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                            Infobox font size

                            When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                            Input	Output
                            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                            This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                            Forcing links

                            To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                            Input	Output
                            {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                            {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                            This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                            Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                            Automatic removal

                            If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                            Examples

                            • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                            • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                            • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                            • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                            • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                            TemplateData

                            This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                            TemplateData for Ill

                            Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                            وسائط القالب

                            وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                            Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                            Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                            1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                            1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                            2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                            2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                            3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                            3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                            4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                            4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                            5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                            5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                            6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                            6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                            7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                            7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                            8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                            8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                            9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                            9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                            10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                            10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                            11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                            11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                            12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                            12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                            Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                            Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                            Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                            Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                            No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                            Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                            Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                            Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                            Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                            Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                            Tracking categories

                            • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                            • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                            Redirects

                            The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                            After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                            • {{Interlanguage link}}
                            • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                            • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                            • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                            • {{Link-interwiki}}
                            • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                            See also

                            • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                            • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                            • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                            • {{lang}}
                            • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                            Notes

                            
                            

                            • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                              This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                              If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                              This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                              Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                              Usage

                              There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                              The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                              A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                              As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                              Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                              Link to one foreign language

                              To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                              With unnamed parameters:

                              • gives

                              With named parameters:

                              • gives

                              To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                              With unnamed parameters:

                              • gives

                              With named parameters:

                              • gives

                              Link to multiple languages

                              To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                              With unnamed parameters:

                              • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                              With named parameters:

                              • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                              Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                              To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                              With unnamed parameters:

                              • gives

                              With named parameters:

                              • gives

                              Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                              To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                              • gives

                              All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                              To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                              Input	Output
                              {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                              {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                              To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                              • gives

                              Modifying the display

                              Displaying different text

                              To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                              With unnamed parameters:

                              • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                              With named parameters:

                              • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                              Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                              The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                              • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                              This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                              Specifying text language

                              In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                              When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                              The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                              • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                              • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                              • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                              For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                              • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                              If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                              • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                              • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                              Italics and quotation marks

                              If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                              If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                              If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                              Remove bold formatting from links

                              Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                              Input	Output
                              '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                              '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                              Vertical alignment

                              The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                              • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                              • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                              The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                              Input	Output
                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                              Infobox font size

                              When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                              Input	Output
                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                              This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                              Forcing links

                              To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                              Input	Output
                              {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                              {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                              This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                              Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                              Automatic removal

                              If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                              Examples

                              • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                              • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                              TemplateData

                              This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                              TemplateData for Ill

                              Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                              وسائط القالب

                              وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                              Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                              Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                              1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                              1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                              2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                              2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                              3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                              3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                              4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                              4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                              5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                              5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                              6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                              6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                              7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                              7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                              8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                              8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                              9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                              9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                              10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                              10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                              11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                              11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                              12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                              12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                              Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                              Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                              Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                              Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                              No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                              Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                              Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                              Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                              Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                              Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                              Tracking categories

                              • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                              • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                              Redirects

                              The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                              After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                              • {{Interlanguage link}}
                              • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                              • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                              • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                              • {{Link-interwiki}}
                              • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                              See also

                              • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                              • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                              • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                              • {{lang}}
                              • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                              Notes

                              
                              

                              • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                                This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                                If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                                This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                                Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                                Usage

                                There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                                The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                                A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                                As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                                Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                                Link to one foreign language

                                To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                                With unnamed parameters:

                                • gives

                                With named parameters:

                                • gives

                                To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                                With unnamed parameters:

                                • gives

                                With named parameters:

                                • gives

                                Link to multiple languages

                                To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                                With unnamed parameters:

                                • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                                With named parameters:

                                • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                                Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                                To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                                With unnamed parameters:

                                • gives

                                With named parameters:

                                • gives

                                Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                                To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                                • gives

                                All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                                To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                                Input	Output
                                {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                                {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                                To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                                • gives

                                Modifying the display

                                Displaying different text

                                To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                                With unnamed parameters:

                                • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                                With named parameters:

                                • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                                Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                                The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                                • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                                This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                                Specifying text language

                                In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                                When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                                The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                                • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                                • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                                • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                                For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                                • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                                If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                                • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                                • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                                • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                                • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                                • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                                • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                                Italics and quotation marks

                                If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                                If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                                If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                                Remove bold formatting from links

                                Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                                Input	Output
                                '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                                '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                                Vertical alignment

                                The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                                • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                                • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                                The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                                Input	Output
                                {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                                {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                                {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                                Infobox font size

                                When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                                Input	Output
                                {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                                This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                                Forcing links

                                To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                                Input	Output
                                {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                                {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                                This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                                Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                                Automatic removal

                                If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                                Examples

                                • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                                • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                                • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                                • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                                • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                                TemplateData

                                This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                                TemplateData for Ill

                                Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                                وسائط القالب

                                وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                                Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                                Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                                1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                                Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                                Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                                Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                                No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                                Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                                Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                                Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                                Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                                Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                                Tracking categories

                                • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                                • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                                Redirects

                                The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                                After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                                • {{Interlanguage link}}
                                • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                                • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                                • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                                • {{Link-interwiki}}
                                • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                                See also

                                • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                                • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                                • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                                • {{lang}}
                                • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                                Notes

                                
                                

                                For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                                • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                                  This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                                  If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                                  This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                                  Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                                  Usage

                                  There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                                  The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                                  A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                                  As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                                  Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                                  Link to one foreign language

                                  To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                                  With unnamed parameters:

                                  • gives

                                  With named parameters:

                                  • gives

                                  To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                                  With unnamed parameters:

                                  • gives

                                  With named parameters:

                                  • gives

                                  Link to multiple languages

                                  To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                                  With unnamed parameters:

                                  • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                                  With named parameters:

                                  • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                                  Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                                  To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                                  With unnamed parameters:

                                  • gives

                                  With named parameters:

                                  • gives

                                  Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                                  To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                                  • gives

                                  All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                                  To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                                  Input	Output
                                  {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                                  {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                                  To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                                  • gives

                                  Modifying the display

                                  Displaying different text

                                  To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                                  With unnamed parameters:

                                  • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                                  With named parameters:

                                  • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                                  Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                                  The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                                  • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                                  This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                                  Specifying text language

                                  In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                                  When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                                  The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                                  • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                                  • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                                  • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                                  For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                                  • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                                  If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                                  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                                  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                                  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                                  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                                  • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                                  • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                                  Italics and quotation marks

                                  If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                                  If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                                  If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                                  Remove bold formatting from links

                                  Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                                  Input	Output
                                  '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                                  '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                                  Vertical alignment

                                  The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                                  • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                                  • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                                  The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                                  Input	Output
                                  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                                  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                                  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                                  Infobox font size

                                  When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                                  Input	Output
                                  {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                                  This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                                  Forcing links

                                  To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                                  Input	Output
                                  {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                                  {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                                  This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                                  Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                                  Automatic removal

                                  If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                                  Examples

                                  • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                                  • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                                  • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                                  • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                                  • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                                  TemplateData

                                  This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                                  TemplateData for Ill

                                  Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                                  وسائط القالب

                                  وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                                  Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                                  Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                  1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                                  1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                  2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                  2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                  3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                  3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                  4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                  4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                  5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                  5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                  6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                  6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                  7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                  7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                  8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                  8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                  9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                  9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                  10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                  10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                  11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                  11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                  12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                  12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                  Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                                  Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                                  Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                                  Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                                  No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                                  Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                                  Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                                  Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                                  Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                                  Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                                  Tracking categories

                                  • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                                  • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                                  Redirects

                                  The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                                  After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                                  • {{Interlanguage link}}
                                  • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                                  • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                                  • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                                  • {{Link-interwiki}}
                                  • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                                  See also

                                  • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                                  • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                                  • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                                  • {{lang}}
                                  • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                                  Notes

                                  
                                  

                                  If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                                  • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives

                                    This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                                    If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                                    This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                                    Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                                    Usage

                                    There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                                    The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                                    A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                                    As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                                    Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                                    Link to one foreign language

                                    To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                                    With unnamed parameters:

                                    • gives

                                    With named parameters:

                                    • gives

                                    To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                                    With unnamed parameters:

                                    • gives

                                    With named parameters:

                                    • gives

                                    Link to multiple languages

                                    To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                                    With unnamed parameters:

                                    • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                                    With named parameters:

                                    • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                                    Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                                    To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                                    With unnamed parameters:

                                    • gives

                                    With named parameters:

                                    • gives

                                    Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                                    To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                                    • gives

                                    All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                                    To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                                    Input	Output
                                    {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                                    {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                                    To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                                    • gives

                                    Modifying the display

                                    Displaying different text

                                    To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                                    With unnamed parameters:

                                    • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                                    With named parameters:

                                    • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                                    Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                                    The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                                    • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                                    This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                                    Specifying text language

                                    In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                                    When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                                    The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                                    • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                                    • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                                    • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                                    For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                                    • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                                    If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                                    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                                    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                                    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                                    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                                    • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                                    • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                                    Italics and quotation marks

                                    If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                                    If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                                    If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                                    Remove bold formatting from links

                                    Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                                    Input	Output
                                    '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                                    '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                                    Vertical alignment

                                    The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                                    • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                                    • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                                    The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                                    Input	Output
                                    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                                    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                                    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                                    Infobox font size

                                    When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                                    Input	Output
                                    {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                                    This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                                    Forcing links

                                    To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                                    Input	Output
                                    {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                                    {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                                    This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                                    Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                                    Automatic removal

                                    If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                                    Examples

                                    • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                                    • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                                    • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                                    • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                                    • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                                    TemplateData

                                    This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                                    TemplateData for Ill

                                    Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                                    وسائط القالب

                                    وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                                    Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                                    Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                    1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                                    1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                    2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                    2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                    3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                    3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                    4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                    4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                    5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                    5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                    6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                    6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                    7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                    7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                    8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                    8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                    9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                    9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                    10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                    10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                    11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                    11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                    12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                    12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                    Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                                    Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                                    Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                                    Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                                    No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                                    Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                                    Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                                    Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                                    Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                                    Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                                    Tracking categories

                                    • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                                    • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                                    Redirects

                                    The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                                    After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                                    • {{Interlanguage link}}
                                    • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                                    • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                                    • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                                    • {{Link-interwiki}}
                                    • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                                    See also

                                    • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                                    • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                                    • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                                    • {{lang}}
                                    • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                                    Notes

                                    
                                    

                                    • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives

                                      This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                                      If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                                      This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                                      Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                                      Usage

                                      There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                                      The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                                      A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                                      As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                                      Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                                      Link to one foreign language

                                      To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                                      With unnamed parameters:

                                      • gives

                                      With named parameters:

                                      • gives

                                      To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                                      With unnamed parameters:

                                      • gives

                                      With named parameters:

                                      • gives

                                      Link to multiple languages

                                      To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                                      With unnamed parameters:

                                      • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                                      With named parameters:

                                      • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                                      Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                                      To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                                      With unnamed parameters:

                                      • gives

                                      With named parameters:

                                      • gives

                                      Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                                      To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                                      • gives

                                      All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                                      To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                                      Input	Output
                                      {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                                      {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                                      To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                                      • gives

                                      Modifying the display

                                      Displaying different text

                                      To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                                      With unnamed parameters:

                                      • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                                      With named parameters:

                                      • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                                      Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                                      The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                                      • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                                      This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                                      Specifying text language

                                      In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                                      When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                                      The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                                      • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                                      • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                                      • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                                      For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                                      • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                                      If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                                      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                                      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                                      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                                      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                                      • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                                      • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                                      Italics and quotation marks

                                      If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                                      If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                                      If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                                      Remove bold formatting from links

                                      Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                                      Input	Output
                                      '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                                      '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                                      Vertical alignment

                                      The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                                      • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                                      • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                                      The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                                      Input	Output
                                      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                                      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                                      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                                      Infobox font size

                                      When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                                      Input	Output
                                      {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                                      This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                                      Forcing links

                                      To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                                      Input	Output
                                      {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                                      {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                                      This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                                      Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                                      Automatic removal

                                      If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                                      Examples

                                      • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                                      • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                                      • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                                      • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                                      • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                                      TemplateData

                                      This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                                      TemplateData for Ill

                                      Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                                      وسائط القالب

                                      وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                                      Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                                      Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                      1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                                      1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                      2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                      2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                      3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                      3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                      4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                      4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                      5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                      5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                      6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                      6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                      7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                      7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                      8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                      8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                      9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                      9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                      10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                      10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                      11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                      11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                      12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                      12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                      Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                                      Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                                      Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                                      Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                                      No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                                      Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                                      Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                                      Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                                      Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                                      Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                                      Tracking categories

                                      • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                                      • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                                      Redirects

                                      The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                                      After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                                      • {{Interlanguage link}}
                                      • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                                      • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                                      • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                                      • {{Link-interwiki}}
                                      • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                                      See also

                                      • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                                      • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                                      • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                                      • {{lang}}
                                      • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                                      Notes

                                      
                                      

                                      • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives

                                        This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                                        If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                                        This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                                        Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                                        Usage

                                        There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                                        The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                                        A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                                        As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                                        Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                                        Link to one foreign language

                                        To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                                        With unnamed parameters:

                                        • gives

                                        With named parameters:

                                        • gives

                                        To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                                        With unnamed parameters:

                                        • gives

                                        With named parameters:

                                        • gives

                                        Link to multiple languages

                                        To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                                        With unnamed parameters:

                                        • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                                        With named parameters:

                                        • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                                        Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                                        To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                                        With unnamed parameters:

                                        • gives

                                        With named parameters:

                                        • gives

                                        Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                                        To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                                        • gives

                                        All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                                        To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                                        Input	Output
                                        {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                                        {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                                        To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                                        • gives

                                        Modifying the display

                                        Displaying different text

                                        To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                                        With unnamed parameters:

                                        • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                                        With named parameters:

                                        • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                                        Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                                        The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                                        • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                                        This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                                        Specifying text language

                                        In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                                        When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                                        The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                                        • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                                        • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                                        • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                                        For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                                        • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                                        If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                                        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                                        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                                        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                                        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                                        • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                                        • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                                        Italics and quotation marks

                                        If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                                        If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                                        If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                                        Remove bold formatting from links

                                        Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                                        Input	Output
                                        '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                                        '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                                        Vertical alignment

                                        The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                                        • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                                        • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                                        The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                                        Input	Output
                                        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                                        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                                        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                                        Infobox font size

                                        When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                                        Input	Output
                                        {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                                        This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                                        Forcing links

                                        To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                                        Input	Output
                                        {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                                        {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                                        This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                                        Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                                        Automatic removal

                                        If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                                        Examples

                                        • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                                        • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                                        • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                                        • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                                        • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                                        TemplateData

                                        This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                                        TemplateData for Ill

                                        Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                                        وسائط القالب

                                        وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                                        Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                                        Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                        1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                                        1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                        2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                        2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                        3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                        3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                        4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                        4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                        5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                        5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                        6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                        6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                        7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                        7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                        8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                        8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                        9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                        9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                        10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                        10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                        11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                        11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                        12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                        12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                        Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                                        Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                                        Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                                        Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                                        No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                                        Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                                        Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                                        Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                                        Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                                        Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                                        Tracking categories

                                        • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                                        • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                                        Redirects

                                        The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                                        After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                                        • {{Interlanguage link}}
                                        • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                                        • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                                        • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                                        • {{Link-interwiki}}
                                        • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                                        See also

                                        • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                                        • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                                        • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                                        • {{lang}}
                                        • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                                        Notes

                                        
                                        

                                        • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives

                                          This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                                          If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                                          This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                                          Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                                          Usage

                                          There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                                          The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                                          A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                                          As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                                          Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                                          Link to one foreign language

                                          To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                                          With unnamed parameters:

                                          • gives

                                          With named parameters:

                                          • gives

                                          To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                                          With unnamed parameters:

                                          • gives

                                          With named parameters:

                                          • gives

                                          Link to multiple languages

                                          To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                                          With unnamed parameters:

                                          • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                                          With named parameters:

                                          • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                                          Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                                          To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                                          With unnamed parameters:

                                          • gives

                                          With named parameters:

                                          • gives

                                          Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                                          To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                                          • gives

                                          All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                                          To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                                          Input	Output
                                          {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                                          {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                                          To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                                          • gives

                                          Modifying the display

                                          Displaying different text

                                          To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                                          With unnamed parameters:

                                          • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                                          With named parameters:

                                          • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                                          Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                                          The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                                          • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                                          This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                                          Specifying text language

                                          In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                                          When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                                          The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                                          • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                                          • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                                          • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                                          For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                                          • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                                          If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                                          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                                          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                                          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                                          • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                                          • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                                          • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                                          Italics and quotation marks

                                          If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                                          If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                                          If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                                          Remove bold formatting from links

                                          Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                                          Input	Output
                                          '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                                          '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                                          Vertical alignment

                                          The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                                          • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                                          • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                                          The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                                          Input	Output
                                          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                                          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                                          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                                          Infobox font size

                                          When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                                          Input	Output
                                          {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                                          This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                                          Forcing links

                                          To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                                          Input	Output
                                          {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                                          {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                                          This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                                          Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                                          Automatic removal

                                          If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                                          Examples

                                          • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                                          • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                                          • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                                          • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                                          • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                                          TemplateData

                                          This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                                          TemplateData for Ill

                                          Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                                          وسائط القالب

                                          وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                                          Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                                          Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                          1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                                          1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                          2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                          2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                          3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                          3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                          4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                          4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                          5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                          5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                          6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                          6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                          7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                          7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                          8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                          8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                          9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                          9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                          10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                          10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                          11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                          11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                          12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                          12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                          Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                                          Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                                          Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                                          Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                                          No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                                          Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                                          Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                                          Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                                          Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                                          Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                                          Tracking categories

                                          • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                                          • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                                          Redirects

                                          The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                                          After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                                          • {{Interlanguage link}}
                                          • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                                          • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                                          • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                                          • {{Link-interwiki}}
                                          • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                                          See also

                                          • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                                          • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                                          • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                                          • {{lang}}
                                          • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                                          Notes

                                          
                                          

                                          • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                                            This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                                            If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                                            This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                                            Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                                            Usage

                                            There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                                            The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                                            A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                                            As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                                            Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                                            Link to one foreign language

                                            To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                                            With unnamed parameters:

                                            • gives

                                            With named parameters:

                                            • gives

                                            To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                                            With unnamed parameters:

                                            • gives

                                            With named parameters:

                                            • gives

                                            Link to multiple languages

                                            To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                                            With unnamed parameters:

                                            • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                                            With named parameters:

                                            • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                                            Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                                            To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                                            With unnamed parameters:

                                            • gives

                                            With named parameters:

                                            • gives

                                            Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                                            To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                                            • gives

                                            All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                                            To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                                            Input	Output
                                            {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                                            {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                                            To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                                            • gives

                                            Modifying the display

                                            Displaying different text

                                            To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                                            With unnamed parameters:

                                            • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                                            With named parameters:

                                            • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                                            Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                                            The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                                            • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                                            This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                                            Specifying text language

                                            In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                                            When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                                            The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                                            • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                                            • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                                            • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                                            For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                                            • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                                            If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                                            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                                            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                                            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                                            • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                                            • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                                            • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                                            Italics and quotation marks

                                            If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                                            If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                                            If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                                            Remove bold formatting from links

                                            Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                                            Input	Output
                                            '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                                            '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                                            Vertical alignment

                                            The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                                            • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                                            • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                                            The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                                            Input	Output
                                            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                                            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                                            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                                            Infobox font size

                                            When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                                            Input	Output
                                            {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                                            This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                                            Forcing links

                                            To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                                            Input	Output
                                            {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                                            {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                                            This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                                            Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                                            Automatic removal

                                            If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                                            Examples

                                            • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                                            • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                                            • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                                            • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                                            • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                                            TemplateData

                                            This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                                            TemplateData for Ill

                                            Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                                            وسائط القالب

                                            وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                                            Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                                            Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                            1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                                            1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                            2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                            2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                            3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                            3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                            4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                            4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                            5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                            5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                            6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                            6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                            7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                            7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                            8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                            8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                            9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                            9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                            10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                            10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                            11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                            11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                            12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                            12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                            Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                                            Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                                            Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                                            Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                                            No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                                            Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                                            Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                                            Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                                            Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                                            Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                                            Tracking categories

                                            • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                                            • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                                            Redirects

                                            The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                                            After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                                            • {{Interlanguage link}}
                                            • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                                            • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                                            • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                                            • {{Link-interwiki}}
                                            • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                                            See also

                                            • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                                            • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                                            • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                                            • {{lang}}
                                            • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                                            Notes

                                            
                                            

                                            • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                                              This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article.

                                              If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s).

                                              This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes.

                                              Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links.

                                              Usage

                                              There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages.

                                              The shortcut {{ill}} may be used.

                                              A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list.

                                              As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below.

                                              Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section.

                                              Link to one foreign language

                                              To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are:

                                              With unnamed parameters:

                                              • gives

                                              With named parameters:

                                              • gives

                                              To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are:

                                              With unnamed parameters:

                                              • gives

                                              With named parameters:

                                              • gives

                                              Link to multiple languages

                                              To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are:

                                              With unnamed parameters:

                                              • {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives

                                              With named parameters:

                                              • {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives

                                              Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown.

                                              To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are:

                                              With unnamed parameters:

                                              • gives

                                              With named parameters:

                                              • gives

                                              Link to Reasonator and Wikidata

                                              To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are:

                                              • gives

                                              All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present.

                                              To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item.

                                              Input	Output
                                              {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}}
                                              {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}}

                                              To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=):

                                              • gives

                                              Modifying the display

                                              Displaying different text

                                              To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist):

                                              With unnamed parameters:

                                              • {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives

                                              With named parameters:

                                              • {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives

                                              Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists.

                                              The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link.

                                              • {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives

                                              This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution.

                                              Specifying text language

                                              In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text.

                                              When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories.

                                              The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section.

                                              • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives
                                              • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives
                                              • {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives

                                              For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour:

                                              • {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives

                                              If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code.

                                              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives
                                              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives
                                              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives
                                              • {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives
                                              • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives
                                              • {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives

                                              Italics and quotation marks

                                              If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                                              If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                                              If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                                              Remove bold formatting from links

                                              Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                                              Input	Output
                                              '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''
                                              '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''

                                              Vertical alignment

                                              The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                                              • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                                              • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                                              The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                                              Input	Output
                                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}
                                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                                              Infobox font size

                                              When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                                              Input	Output
                                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                                              This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                                              Forcing links

                                              To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=).

                                              Input	Output
                                              {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                                              {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                                              This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls.

                                              Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                                              Automatic removal

                                              If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal.

                                              Examples

                                              • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here
                                              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                                              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                                              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                                              • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                                              TemplateData

                                              This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData.

                                              TemplateData for Ill

                                              Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                                              وسائط القالب

                                              وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                                              Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                                              Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                              1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                                              1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                              2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                                              Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                                              Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                                              Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                                              No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                                              Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                                              Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                                              Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                                              Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                                              Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                                              Tracking categories

                                              • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)
                                              • [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠)

                                              Redirects

                                              The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}.

                                              After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                                              • {{Interlanguage link}}
                                              • {{Interlanguage link forced}}
                                              • {{Interlanguage link multi}}
                                              • {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}}
                                              • {{Link-interwiki}}
                                              • {{Red Wikidata link}}

                                              See also

                                              • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                                              • {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template
                                              • {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links
                                              • {{lang}}
                                              • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                                              Notes

                                              
                                              

                                              Italics and quotation marks

                                              If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule

                                              If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas"

                                              If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks.

                                              Remove bold formatting from links

                                              Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=.

                                              Input	Output
                                              '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}'''	This template links conditionally to pages on non-English Wikipedias. If the specified article does not exist on the English Wikipedia, this template intentionally displays a red link to that anticipated but still-nonexistent article, followed by link(s) to the specified article(s) on the non-English Wikipedia(s), shown under the corresponding language code(s), in brackets. Hovering over a non-English link displays the name of the article on the non-English Wikipedia, as normal. Links to non-English Wikipedia articles are always blue; it is up to the editor to make sure they link to the intended article. If the specified article exists (that is, after the anticipated article has been created) on the English Wikipedia, this template will only show the blue link to that article, and no longer to the non-English link(s). This template should not be used in hatnotes as red links should not be present in hatnotes. Please be aware Cewbot removes this template when it detects the target article has been created on English Wikipedia, converting {{ill}} links to regular (blue) links. Usage There are several ways of using this template. It can produce links to one or more specific languages, Magnus Manske's Reasonator, or to the Wikidata table of languages. The shortcut {{ill}} may be used. A full list of language codes can be found at List of Wikipedias#Detailed list. As of February 2016, if there is a redirect for the term in English Wikipedia, both the redirected (blue) link and interlanguage link(s) are displayed. This is why "casa" appears as a bluelink in the example below. Where there are multiple interlanguage links readers may be confused about their purpose. The template {{interlanguage link info}} may be placed at the head of a page or section. Link to one foreign language To link to a foreign language article with the same title as the English Wikipedia, the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: gives With named parameters: gives To link to a foreign language article with a different title, the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: gives With named parameters: gives Link to multiple languages To link to multiple languages with the same title as the English language page, the titles of the page are not necessary; the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: {{ill|casa|es||it||ro||de|Haus}} gives With named parameters: {{ill|link=casa|prefix1=es|prefix2=it|prefix3=ro|prefix4=de|foreign4=Haus}} gives Note: As of February 2016, casa above is a redirect. Redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown. To link to multiple language articles, the parameters are: With unnamed parameters: gives With named parameters: gives Link to Reasonator and Wikidata To link to the Wikidata table of languages in which the article is available, the parameters are: gives All links to other Wikipedias are ignored if |wd= is present. To link to Reasonator, add any value for the parameter |reasonator=. If a Wikidata item is linked, then the Reasonator link goes to the page for that item; if not, then a search is performed on Reasonator for that item. Input Output {{ill|Jokery|wd=Q131138|reasonator=1}} {{ill|Jokery|reasonator=1}} To display a Wikidata link as "d", add any value for the parameter |short= (or its alias |s=): gives Modifying the display Displaying different text To create a piped link (text displayed that is different from the title of the page to which the text links), use the |text= parameter (or its alias |lt=, which stands for "label text"). This is useful to "normalize" the link so that it more likely will match a future article or if disambiguation is necessary, for example to hide the "(botanist)" in Charles Darwin (botanist): With unnamed parameters: {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|fr...}} gives With named parameters: {{ill|link=Charles Darwin (botanist)|text=Charles Darwin|prefix1=fr...}} gives Do not use to create piped links: {{ill|Maze (band)Mazy|...}} is not equivalent to {{ill|Maze (band)|text=Mazy|......}}. The former will not cause the foreign language links to disappear when the English article exists. The normal usage of |text= is to provide this parameter in addition to the underlying local link target (i.e. via |link=). However, in rare cases it may be desirable to provide inter-wiki links for a term readers might not be familiar with (or to unambiguously identify a subject by providing an inter-wiki link to a foreign page about this topic), but where showing a red link would be too obtrusive, where it would be very difficult to find a suitable local article name or where chances are low that an article would ever be created in the English Wikipedia (although it exists in foreign language editions). It is then also possible to provide |text= instead of the local link, so that readers familiar with these languages will still be able to find some information about a topic. The text will then appear as normal black text rather than as a red or blue link. {{ill|text=Charles Darwin|prefix=fr}} gives This feature should be used with caution, as one of the purposes of the template is to encourage readers to write articles about topics not covered already, and because such uses cannot be found through "WhatLinksHere" reverse-lookup. Consequently, this usage won't help in building infrastructure around a (potential) topic. In most cases, a red link (possibly with a parenthetical disambiguator added) is therefore the better solution. Specifying text language In some cases, the language of the locally linked page is not English. Therefore, the |language= parameter (or its alias |lang=) can be used to optionally specify the ISO 639 language code of the local link's label text. When the |language= parameter is used, the template will generate a tooltip giving the language when hovering the mouse over the text. It will also create invisible markup to inform the browser about the text language. This will cause screenreaders to switch pronunciation accordingly. The template will also cause the page to be listed in the corresponding language categories. The displayed label text will be visually styled according to the MOS rules for the specified combination of language and script (like with {{lang}}), i.e. Latin scripts will be displayed in italics by default, whereas italicization will not be applied to Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic and Far Eastern scripts. It is possible to override this automatic stylization by specifying |italic=yes/no/unset/invert/default (or aliases), see next section. {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de}} gives {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives {{ill|link=Machsor Lipsiae|prefix=de|language=he-LA...}} gives For languages using right-to-left text direction (rather than the left-to-right direction used for English), the usage of the optional |direction=rtl/ltr parameter may be used to improve browser behaviour: {{ill|link=محمد قدري باشا|prefix=ar|direction=rtl...}} gives If the label text language code to be specified is the same as the language code used to prefix the (first) foreign-language page, it is possible to omit the |prefix= parameter which would otherwise be used to define the language prefix of the foreign-language page. In this case, the language code given with |language= will automatically be assumed to be that to be used for the inter-wiki link as well. If |language= and |prefix= are both present, the former will be used only for the local text language, and the prefix only for the foreign-language code. {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de}} gives {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|prefix=de|language=de...}} gives {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de}} gives {{ill|link=Landesausschuss|language=de|italic=no...}} gives {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives {{ill|link=Наука (publisher)|text=Наука|prefix=ru...}} gives Italics and quotation marks If the linked material should be in italics (e.g., it is a major work such as a film title), use |italic=yes (or |italic=y, etc.) to generate italic markup around the link but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links. gives: Un papillon sur l'épaule If the linked material should have quotation marks around it (e.g., it is a minor work such as a song title), use |quote=yes (or |quote=y, etc.) to generate them around the link, but not around the square-bracketed inter-language links, and not themselves part of the link. This only does double quotation marks: gives: "Maman ne le sait pas" If both are used, quotation marks will appear around an italicized title, without italicizing the quotation marks. Remove bold formatting from links Usually the display of the Interlanguage or Wikidata or the Reasonator (the "appended link") are in normal font, but if the appended link is for example in a title line of table, then along with the rest of the line the appended link will be bold. In such circumstances the appended link can be set to display unbolded by adding any value for the parameter |nobold=. Input Output '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin}}''' '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}''' Vertical alignment The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding: vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead. Input Output {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}} {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}} {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}} Infobox font size When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.) Input Output {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}} This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size. Forcing links To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter |preserve= (or its alias |display=). Input Output {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}} {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}} This feature should not be used in articles under most circumstances. However, in pages that are primarily lists of pages that link to the same language, it might be desirable that all links on a page should link to other languages whether or not an English page exists. This feature can also be used as a work-around to eliminate expensive parser function calls. Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them). Automatic removal If you create an {{interlanguage link}} and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use |preserve= or |display= to prevent automatic removal. Examples {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic exists here {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives , because TC Matic (band) does not exist here {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)" {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists TemplateData This is the TemplateData for this template used by TemplateWizard, VisualEditor and other tools. Click here to see a monthly parameter usage report for this template based on this TemplateData. TemplateData for Ill Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist. وسائط القالب وسيط وصف نوع حالة Article name link 1 Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist اسم الصفحة مطلوب Label text text lt Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر مقترح 1st inter-wiki prefix prefix prefix1 2 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language سطر مقترح 1st foreign page foreign foreign1 3 Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر مقترح 2nd inter-wiki prefix prefix2 4 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language سطر اختياري 2nd foreign page foreign2 5 Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 3rd inter-wiki prefix prefix3 6 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language سطر اختياري 3rd foreign page foreign3 7 Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 4th inter-wiki prefix prefix4 8 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language سطر اختياري 4th foreign page foreign4 9 Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 5th inter-wiki prefix prefix5 10 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language سطر اختياري 5th foreign page foreign5 11 Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 6th inter-wiki prefix prefix6 12 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language سطر اختياري 6th foreign page foreign6 13 Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 7th inter-wiki prefix prefix7 14 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language سطر اختياري 7th foreign page foreign7 15 Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 8th inter-wiki prefix prefix8 16 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language سطر اختياري 8th foreign page foreign8 17 Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 9th inter-wiki prefix prefix9 18 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language سطر اختياري 9th foreign page foreign9 19 Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 10th inter-wiki prefix prefix10 20 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language سطر اختياري 10th foreign page foreign10 21 Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 11th inter-wiki prefix prefix11 22 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language سطر اختياري 11th foreign page foreign11 23 Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري 12th inter-wiki prefix prefix12 24 Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language سطر اختياري 12th foreign page foreign12 25 Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title سطر اختياري Label text language language lang Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given) سطر اختياري Label text direction direction dir Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text سطر اختياري Italicize italic italics If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.) نص اختياري Quote quote quotes If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them نص اختياري No bold (or italic) nobold Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text نص اختياري Wikidata item wd WD Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead) سطر مقترح Short Wikidata link text short s If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd' نص اختياري Reasonator reasonator If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link) نص اختياري Vertical alignment vertical-align valign v Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline نص اختياري Preserve preserve display If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead) نص اختياري Tracking categories [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠) [[:Category:|Category:]] (٠) Redirects The main shortcut for this template is {{ill}}. After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features. {{Interlanguage link}} {{Interlanguage link forced}} {{Interlanguage link multi}} {{Interlanguage link Wikidata}} {{Link-interwiki}} {{Red Wikidata link}} See also Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias {{Wikidata fallback link}} which provides some functionality similar to |wd= in this template {{Further ill}}, a mashup of {{Further}} and {{ill}} for section header links {{lang}} Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix Notes
                                              '''{{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|nobold=1}}'''	قالب:Ill/doc

                                              Vertical alignment

                                              The vertical alignment of the interlanguage/Wikidata/Reasonator links can be altered by adding:

                                              • vertical-align=sup to place the links in superscript
                                              • vertical-align=sub to place the links in subscript

                                              The parameter aliases |valign= or |v= may be used instead.

                                              Input	Output
                                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=sup}}	قالب:Ill/doc
                                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}	{{قالب:PAGENAMETDOC|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|valign=sub}}
                                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}	{{قالب:PAGENAMETDOC|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|v=sup}}

                                              Infobox font size

                                              When this template is placed within elements that already use a smaller font size, such as infoboxes, the interlanguage link drops below 85% of the page's default font size. To prevent this and adhere to MOS:SMALLTEXT the value infobox (or ib) can be used with the vertical alignment parameter: vertical-align=infobox (or v=ib, etc.)

                                              Input	Output
                                              {{ill|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}	{{قالب:PAGENAMETDOC|Charles Darwin (botanist)|fr|Charles Darwin|de|Charles Darwin|vertical-align=ib}}

                                              This feature should only be used when the template is placed within infoboxes or other elements that use a smaller font size.

                                              Forcing links

                                              To display the interlanguage links even if the English Wikipedia article exists, add any of the values yes, y, 1 or force to the parameter قالب:Para (or its alias قالب:Para).قالب:Efn

                                              Input	Output
                                              {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}	{{قالب:PAGENAMETDOC|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz}}
                                              {{ill|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}	{{قالب:PAGENAMETDOC|Joke|fr|Blague|hu|Vicc|de|Witz|preserve=yes}}

                                              قالب:Em

                                              Note: As of February 2016, redirects appear as blue links even while foreign-language links are still shown (i.e. you do not need to force-show them).

                                              Automatic removal

                                              If you create an قالب:Tl and an English Wikipedia article is later created, this template will appear as a regular (blue) link as explained above. The underlying template, however, will eventually be edited automatically (it is one of the tasks assigned to bot Cewbot), removing the template and resulting in a regular (blue) link. While this is in most cases intended to save on the computational load, it does mean users will not again be directed to the foreign-language article if the article gets deleted at a later stage as that information is lost with the removal of the template. The link will become a red link. In same cases, it may also be desirable to keep the inter-wiki links until the English article contains all the information available in the other Wikipedia language entities. Use قالب:Para or قالب:Para to prevent automatic removal.قالب:Efn

                                              Examples

                                              • {{ill|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives {{قالب:PAGENAMETDOC|TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}}, because TC Matic exists here
                                              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives {{قالب:PAGENAMETDOC|TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}}, because TC Matic (band) does not exist here
                                              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} gives {{قالب:PAGENAMETDOC|TC Matic (band)|af||nl||fr||es|}} – although shown in blue the interwiki links won't work because they default to the title "TC Matic (band)" which is wrong
                                              • {{ill|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives {{قالب:PAGENAMETDOC|TC Matic (band)|text=TC Matic|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} – the text "TC Matic" now redlinks to "TC Matic (band)"
                                              • {{ill|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} gives {{قالب:PAGENAMETDOC|TC Matic|text=TC Matic (band)|af|TC Matic|nl|TC Matic|fr|TC Matic|es|TC Matic}} – the text "TC Matic (band)" now links to "TC Matic" which exists

                                              TemplateData

                                              قالب:TemplateData header

                                              Link to other Wikipedias or Wikidata if an article in the English Wikipedia doesn't exist.

                                              وسائط القالب

                                              وسيط		وصف	نوع	حالة
                                              Article name	link 1	Name of the local (English) Wikipedia page, or suggested name if the page does not exist	اسم الصفحة	مطلوب
                                              Label text	text lt	Text displayed for the link to the local (English) Wikipedia article, if not the same as the article title غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                              1st inter-wiki prefix	prefix prefix1 2	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 1st page in another language	سطر	مقترح
                                              1st foreign page	foreign foreign1 3	Title of the page in the 1st other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	مقترح
                                              2nd inter-wiki prefix	prefix2 4	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 2nd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              2nd foreign page	foreign2 5	Title of the page in the 2nd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              3rd inter-wiki prefix	prefix3 6	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 3rd page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              3rd foreign page	foreign3 7	Title of the page in the 3rd other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              4th inter-wiki prefix	prefix4 8	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 4th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              4th foreign page	foreign4 9	Title of the page in the 4th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              5th inter-wiki prefix	prefix5 10	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 5th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              5th foreign page	foreign5 11	Title of the page in the 5th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              6th inter-wiki prefix	prefix6 12	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 6th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              6th foreign page	foreign6 13	Title of the page in the 6th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              7th inter-wiki prefix	prefix7 14	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 7th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              7th foreign page	foreign7 15	Title of the page in the 7th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              8th inter-wiki prefix	prefix8 16	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 8th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              8th foreign page	foreign8 17	Title of the page in the 8th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              9th inter-wiki prefix	prefix9 18	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 9th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              9th foreign page	foreign9 19	Title of the page in the 9th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              10th inter-wiki prefix	prefix10 20	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 10th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              10th foreign page	foreign10 21	Title of the page in the 10th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              11th inter-wiki prefix	prefix11 22	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 11th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              11th foreign page	foreign11 23	Title of the page in the 11th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              12th inter-wiki prefix	prefix12 24	Inter-wiki prefix (typically: language code) for the 12th page in another language	سطر	اختياري
                                              12th foreign page	foreign12 25	Title of the page in the 12th other language, if not the same as the English Wikipedia page غيابي English Wikipedia article title	سطر	اختياري
                                              Label text language	language lang	Language code for the label text (if not English) (also used as prefix for the foreign page if no dedicated prefix given)	سطر	اختياري
                                              Label text direction	direction dir	Direction 'rtl' or 'ltr' of label text	سطر	اختياري
                                              Italicize	italic italics	If anything is set for this, puts italicization markup around the text to be linked, without including the bracketed inter-language links within the italics. (Automatic if language is given as well, possible override values: 'yes', 'no', 'unset', 'invert', 'default'.)	نص	اختياري
                                              Quote	quote quotes	If anything is set for this, puts double quotation marks around the text to be linked, without linking those marks and without including the bracketed inter-language links within them	نص	اختياري
                                              No bold (or italic)	nobold	Forces links to other-language pages, Wikidata and Reasonator and the link brackets to have non-bold or -italic text	نص	اختياري
                                              Wikidata item	wd WD	Wikidata item of the article. Replaces links to pages in other languages (|WD= is deprecated, use |wd= instead)	سطر	مقترح
                                              Short Wikidata link text	short s	If anything is set for this, Wikidata item link is displayed as 'd'	نص	اختياري
                                              Reasonator	reasonator	If anything is set for this, there is a link to the Reasonator page for the Wikidata item (if there is a link to an item) or to a Reasonator search for the English Wikipedia article title (if there is no item link)	نص	اختياري
                                              Vertical alignment	vertical-align valign v	Alters the position of language links from baseline, to superscript ('sup') or subscript ('sub') position, or prevents the font size of the language links from being reduced when used in infoboxes ('infobox') غيابي baseline	نص	اختياري
                                              Preserve	preserve display	If anything is set for this, forces links to pages in other languages and projects to always display even if the English Wikipedia article exists (|display= is deprecated, use |preserve= instead)	نص	اختياري

                                              Tracking categories

                                              • قالب:Clc
                                              • قالب:Clc

                                              Redirects

                                              The main shortcut for this template is قالب:Tl.

                                              After a merge discussion, five other templates were merged into this template, and thus this template contains all of their features.

                                              • قالب:Tl
                                              • قالب:Tl
                                              • قالب:Tl
                                              • قالب:Tl
                                              • قالب:Tl
                                              • قالب:Tl

                                              See also

                                              • Help:Interlanguage links#Inline links (links in the text of the article) for general inline linking to other language Wikipedias
                                              • قالب:Tl which provides some functionality similar to قالب:Para in this template
                                              • قالب:Tl, a mashup of قالب:Tl and قالب:Tl for section header links
                                              • قالب:Tl
                                              • Wikipedia:Database reports/Interlanguage link templates need to fix

                                              Notes

                                              قالب:Noteslist